blob: 9fda38109de737c51b25cbefca338bda8a7a6604 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800154/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500156/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
158/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
159/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400160/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500161/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
162/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
163/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
165/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/net Networking code
167/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500168/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
169/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500170/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000172Software Configuration:
173=======================
174
175Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
176rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
177
178There are two classes of configuration variables:
179
180* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
181 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
182 "CONFIG_".
183
184* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
185 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
186 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200187 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000188
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500189Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
190symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
191U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
192allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
193build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000194
195
196Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
197---------------------------------------------------
198
199For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200200configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000201
202Example: For a TQM823L module type:
203
204 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200205 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500207Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
208you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
209doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000210
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600211Sandbox Environment:
212--------------------
213
214U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
215board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
216specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
217run some of U-Boot's tests.
218
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530219See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600220
221
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700222Board Initialisation Flow:
223--------------------------
224
225This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700227
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500228Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
229more detail later in this file.
230
231At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
232and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
233may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
234CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
235
236Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
237CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
238
239 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
240 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
241 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
242
243and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
244limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700245
246lowlevel_init():
247 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
248 - no global_data or BSS
249 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
250 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
251 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
252 board_init_f()
253 - this is almost never needed
254 - return normally from this function
255
256board_init_f():
257 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
258 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
259 - global_data is available
260 - stack is in SRAM
261 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
262 only stack variables and global_data
263
264 Non-SPL-specific notes:
265 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
266 can do nothing
267
268 SPL-specific notes:
269 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
270 version as needed.
271 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
272 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
273 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
274 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
275 directly)
276
277Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
278this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
279CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
280memory.
281
282board_init_r():
283 - purpose: main execution, common code
284 - global_data is available
285 - SDRAM is available
286 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
287 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
288
289 Non-SPL-specific notes:
290 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
291 there.
292
293 SPL-specific notes:
294 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
295 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
296 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
297 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
298 spl_board_init() function containing this call
299 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
300
301
302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303Configuration Options:
304----------------------
305
306Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
307such information is kept in a configuration file
308"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
309
310Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
311"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
312
313
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000314Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
315kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
316build a config tool - later.
317
318
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000319The following options need to be configured:
320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500323- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200324
325- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100326 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
380
381 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
382 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
384
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
387
388 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
389 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
390
391 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
392 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
393 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
394 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
395
396 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
397 this erratum.
398
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530399 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
400 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800401 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530403 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
404 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800405 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530406
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
408
409 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
410 according to the A004510 workaround.
411
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
413 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
414 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
415
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
417 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
418 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
419
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
421 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
422 connected to the DSP core.
423
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
425 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
426
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
428 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
429 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
430 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
431
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
433 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800434 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530435
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800437 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800438 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
439
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000440- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700441 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
442 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
443 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
444 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
445 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
446
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000447 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
448
449 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
450 values is arch specific.
451
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
453 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
454 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
455 SoCs.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
458 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
461 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
462 deskew training are not available.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
465 Freescale DDR1 controller.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
468 Freescale DDR2 controller.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
471 Freescale DDR3 controller.
472
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
474 Freescale DDR4 controller.
475
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
477 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
478
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
480 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
481 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
482 implemetation.
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400485 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700486 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
487 implementation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
490 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700491 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
494 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
495 DDR3L controllers.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
498 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
499 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700500
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530501 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
502 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
506
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
508 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
509
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
511 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
512 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
513
514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
515 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
516 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
517 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
518
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530519 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
520 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
521 concatenated with u-boot binary.
522
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800523 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
524 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
528
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
530 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
531 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
532 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
533
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800534 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
535 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
536 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
537 SoCs with ARM core.
538
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
540 Number of controllers used as main memory.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
543 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
544
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
546 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
547
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
549 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
550
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
552 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
553
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200554- MIPS CPU options:
555 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
556
557 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
558 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
559 relocation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
562
563 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
564 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
565 Possible values are:
566 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
568 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
569 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
574
575 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
576
577 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
578 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
579
580 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
581
582 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
583 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
584 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
585
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000586- ARM options:
587 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
588
589 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
590 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
591
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000592 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
593
594 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
595 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
596 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
597 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
598 GCC.
599
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000600 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbelle392b922015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000608
609 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
610 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
611 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
612 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
613 set these options unless they apply!
614
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700615 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
616 Generic timer clock source frequency.
617
618 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
619 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
620 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
621 at run time.
622
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500623 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
624 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
625 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500626 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500627 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500628 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500629 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500630 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500631
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700632- Tegra SoC options:
633 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
634
635 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
636 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
637 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
638
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000639- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000640 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
641
642 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
643 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
644 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
645 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
646 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
647 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
648 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100650 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000651 default environment.
652
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000653 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
654
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800655 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000656 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
657 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
658
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400659 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200660
661 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400662 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
663 concepts).
664
665 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
666 * New libfdt-based support
667 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500668 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400669
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200670 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
671 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
672 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
673 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200674 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600675 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200676
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200677 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
678 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500679
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600680 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
681
682 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
683 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600685 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
686
687 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
688 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
689 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
690 the kernel.
691
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200692 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
693
694 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
695 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
696 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
697 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
698 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
699 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
700
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000701 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
702
703 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
704 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
705 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
706 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
707 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
708 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
709 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
710
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100711- vxWorks boot parameters:
712
713 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700714 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
715 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100716 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
717
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100718 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
719 the defaults discussed just above.
720
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000721- Cache Configuration:
722 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
723 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
724 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
725
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000726- Cache Configuration for ARM:
727 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
728 controller
729 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
730 controller register space
731
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000732- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
736
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200737 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000738
739 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
740
741 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
742
743 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
744 the clock speed of the UARTs.
745
746 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
747
748 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
749 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
750 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
751
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767- Console Baudrate:
768 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
769 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200770 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
771 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100773- Console Rx buffer length
774 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
775 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100776 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100777 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
778 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
779 the SMC.
780
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781- Autoboot Command:
782 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
783 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
784 define a command string that is automatically executed
785 when no character is read on the console interface
786 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
787
788 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000789 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
790 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
791 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792
793 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000794 The value of these goes into the environment as
795 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
796 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200797 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000798
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100799- Bootcount:
800 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
801 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
802 cycle, see:
803 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
804
805 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
806 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
807 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
808 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
809 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
810 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
811 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
812 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
813 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
814
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815- Pre-Boot Commands:
816 CONFIG_PREBOOT
817
818 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
819 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
820 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
821 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
822 entering interactive mode.
823
824 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
825 automatically generated or modified. For an example
826 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
827 modified when the user holds down a certain
828 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
829 booting the systems
830
831- Serial Download Echo Mode:
832 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
833 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
834 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
835 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
836 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
837 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
838 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
839
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000841 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
842 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200843 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844
845- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500846 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
847 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000848 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500849 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500851 The default command configuration includes all commands
852 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100854 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
857 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
858 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
859 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
860 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400861 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800863 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
867 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
868 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600869 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
870 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
871 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
872 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500873 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
874 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300877 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600879 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600880 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500881 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000883 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
884 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700885 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
886 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100887 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500888 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
892 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200893 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000897 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
899 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
900 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000901 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200902 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600904 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000906 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
908 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
909 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
910 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
913 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
915 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200916 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400917 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500919 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000920 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200921 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
923 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
924 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100925 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
927 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200928 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600929 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000930 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500931 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
932 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
933 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
934 host
935 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000936 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
938 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000939 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600941 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500942 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
943 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
944 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
945 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700946 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200947 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400948 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800949 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200950 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500951 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000952 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000953 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
955 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000958 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200959 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200960 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961
962 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
963 support you can write:
964
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
966 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000967
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400968 Other Commands:
969 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970
971 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000973 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
974 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
975 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
976 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
977 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
978 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979
980
981 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
982
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600983- Removal of commands
984 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
985 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
986 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
987 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
988 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
989 simple boot procedures.
990
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000991- Regular expression support:
992 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200993 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
994 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
995 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
996 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000997
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000998- Device tree:
999 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1000 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1001 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1002 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1003 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1004 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1005
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001006 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1007 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001008
1009 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1010 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1011 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1012 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1013 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1014 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001015
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001016 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1017 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1018 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1019 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1020
1021 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1022
1023 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1024 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1025 still use the individual files if you need something more
1026 exotic.
1027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028- Watchdog:
1029 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1030 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001031 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1032 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1033 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1034 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1035 available, then no further board specific code should
1036 be needed to use it.
1037
1038 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1039 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1040 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1041 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001042
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001043 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1044 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1045
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001046- U-Boot Version:
1047 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1048 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1049 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1050 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001051 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1052 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054- Real-Time Clock:
1055
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001056 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1058 following options:
1059
1060 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1061 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001062 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001063 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001064 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001065 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001066 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001067 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001068 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001069 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001070 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001071 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1073 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001075 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1076 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1077
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001078- GPIO Support:
1079 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001080
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001081 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1082 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1083 pins supported by a particular chip.
1084
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001085 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1086 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1087
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001088- I/O tracing:
1089 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1090 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1091 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1092 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1093 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1094 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1095 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1096 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1097
1098 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1099 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1100 still continue to operate.
1101
1102 iotrace is enabled
1103 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1104 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1105 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1106 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1107 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1108 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110- Timestamp Support:
1111
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001112 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1113 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1114 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001115 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001116
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001117- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1118 Zero or more of the following:
1119 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1120 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1121 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1122 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1123 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1124 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1125 disk/part_efi.c
1126 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001128 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001129 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001130 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001131
1132- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001133 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1134 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001135
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001136 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1137 be performed by calling the function
1138 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1139 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
1141- ATAPI Support:
1142 CONFIG_ATAPI
1143
1144 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1145
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001146- LBA48 Support
1147 CONFIG_LBA48
1148
1149 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001150 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001151 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1152 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001154 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001155 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1156 Default is 32bit.
1157
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158- SCSI Support:
1159 At the moment only there is only support for the
1160 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1161 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001163 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1164 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1165 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001166 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1167 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001168 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001170 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1171 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001172
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001173- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001174 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001175 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1176
1177 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1178 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1179 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1180 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1181
1182 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1183 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1184 example with the "sspi" command.
1185
1186 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1187 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1188 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1191 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001192 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193 write routine for first time initialisation.
1194
1195 CONFIG_TULIP
1196 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1197 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1198 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1199
1200 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1201 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1202
1203 CONFIG_NS8382X
1204 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1205
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001206- NETWORK Support (other):
1207
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001208 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1209 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1210
1211 CONFIG_RMII
1212 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1213
1214 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1215 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1216 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1217
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001218 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1219 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1220
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001221 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001222 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1223
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001224 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1225 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1226
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001227 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001228 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1229
1230 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1231 Define this to hold the physical address
1232 of the device (I/O space)
1233
1234 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1235 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1236
1237 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1238 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1239 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1240
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001241 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1242 Support for davinci emac
1243
1244 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1245 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1246
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001247 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1248 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1249
1250 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1251 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1252 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1253 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1254 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1255 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1256 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1257 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1258
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001259 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001260 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1261
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001262 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001263 Define this to hold the physical address
1264 of the device (I/O space)
1265
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001266 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001267 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1268
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001269 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001270 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1271 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001272 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001273
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001274 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1275 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1276
1277 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1278 Define the number of ports to be used
1279
1280 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1281 Define the ETH PHY's address
1282
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001283 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1284 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1285
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001286- PWM Support:
1287 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001288 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001289
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001290- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001291 CONFIG_TPM
1292 Support TPM devices.
1293
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001294 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1295 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001296 per system is supported at this time.
1297
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001298 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1299 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1300
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001301 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1302 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1303
1304 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1305 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1306 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1307
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001308 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1309 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1310 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1311
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001312 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1313 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1314
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001315 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001316 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1317 per system is supported at this time.
1318
1319 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1320 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1321 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1322 0xfed40000.
1323
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001324 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1325 Add tpm monitor functions.
1326 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1327 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1328
1329 CONFIG_TPM
1330 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1331 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1332 Requires support for a TPM device.
1333
1334 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1335 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1336 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001338- USB Support:
1339 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001340 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1342 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001343 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001344 storage devices.
1345 Note:
1346 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1347 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001348 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1349 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1350 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001351 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1352 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001353 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1354 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1355 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001356 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1357 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001358 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001359 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1360 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001361
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001362 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1363 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1364
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001365 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1366 HW module registers.
1367
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001368- USB Device:
1369 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1370 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1371 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001372 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001373 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1374 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001375 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001376 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1377 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1378 a Linux host by
1379 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1380 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1381 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1382 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001383
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001384 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1385 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001386
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1388 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1389 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001390
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301391 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1392 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1393 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1394 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1395 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1396 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1397 speed.
1398
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001399 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001400 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1401 be set to usbtty.
1402
1403 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001404 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001405 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001406 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001407
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001408 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001409 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001410 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001411 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1412 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1413 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1414
1415 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1416 Define this string as the name of your company for
1417 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001418
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001419 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1420 Define this string as the name of your product
1421 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1422
1423 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1424 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1425 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1426 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1427 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001428
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001429 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1430 Define this as the unique Product ID
1431 for your device
1432 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001433
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001434- ULPI Layer Support:
1435 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1436 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1437 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1438 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1439 viewport is supported.
1440 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1441 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001442 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1443 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1444 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001445
1446- MMC Support:
1447 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1448 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1449 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1450 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001451 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1452 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001453
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001454 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1455 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1456
1457 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1458 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1459
1460 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1461 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1462
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001463 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1464 Enable the generic MMC driver
1465
1466 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1467 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1468
1469 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1470 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1471 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1472
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001473- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001474 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001475 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1476
1477 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1478 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1479 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1480 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1481 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1482
1483 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1484 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1485
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001486 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1487 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1488
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301489 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1490 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1491 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1492 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1493 one that would help mostly the developer.
1494
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001495 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1496 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1497 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1498 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1499 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1500
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001501 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1502 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1503 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1504 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1505 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1506 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1507
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001508 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1509 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1510 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1511 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1512
1513 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1514 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1515 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1516 sending again an USB request to the device.
1517
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001518- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001519 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1520 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1521
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001522 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1523 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1524 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1525 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1526 used on Android devices.
1527 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1528
1529 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1530 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1531 image format header.
1532
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001533 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001534 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1535 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1536 downloaded images.
1537
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001538 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001539 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1540 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1541 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1542
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001543 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1544 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1545 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1546 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1547
1548 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1549 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1550 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1551 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1552
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001553 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1554 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1555 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1556 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1557 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1558 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1559 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001560 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001561
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001562 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1563 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1564 image to DOS MBR.
1565 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1566 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1567 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1568
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001569- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001570 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001571 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001573 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1574 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001575 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1576
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001577- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1578 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001579
1580 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1581 file in FAT formatted partition.
1582
1583 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1584 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001585
Alexander von Gernleredb42db2016-10-07 19:44:14 +02001586- CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support:
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001587 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1588
1589 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1590 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1591 and cbfsload.
1592
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301593- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1594 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1595
1596 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1597 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001599- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001600 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1601
1602 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1603
1604 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1605 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1606 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1607 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1608 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001609
1610- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001611 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001612 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001613 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1614 support, and should also define these other macros:
1615
1616 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1617 CONFIG_VIDEO
1618 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1620 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1621 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1622 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1623 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1624
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001625 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1626 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001627 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001628 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001630- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1631
1632 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1633 display); also select one of the supported displays
1634 by defining one of these:
1635
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001636 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1637
1638 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1639
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001640 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001641
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001642 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001643
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001644 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001645
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001646 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1647 Active, color, single scan.
1648
1649 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1650
1651 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001652 Active, color, single scan.
1653
1654 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1655
1656 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1657 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1658
1659 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1660
1661 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1662 Active, color, single scan.
1663
1664 CONFIG_HLD1045
1665
1666 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1667 Active, color, single scan.
1668
1669 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1670
1671 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1672 or
1673 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1674 or
1675 Hitachi SP14Q002
1676
1677 320x240. Black & white.
1678
1679 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001680 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001681
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001682 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1683
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001684 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001685 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1686 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1687 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1688 a per-section basis.
1689
1690
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001691 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1692
1693 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1694 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1695 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1696 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1697 printed out.
1698 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1699 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1700 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1701 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1702 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1703 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1704 1 = 90 degree rotation
1705 2 = 180 degree rotation
1706 3 = 270 degree rotation
1707
1708 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1709 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1710
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001711 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1712
1713 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1714
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001715 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1716
1717 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1718 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1719
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001720- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001721
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001722 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1723 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1724 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001725 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001726 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1727 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1728 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1729 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001730
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001731 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1732
1733 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1734 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001735 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001736 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1737 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1738 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1739 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1740 there is no need to set this option.
1741
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001742 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1743
1744 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1745 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1746 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1747 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1748 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1749 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1750
1751 Example:
1752 setenv splashpos m,m
1753 => image at center of screen
1754
1755 setenv splashpos 30,20
1756 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1757
1758 setenv splashpos -10,m
1759 => vertically centered image
1760 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1761
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001762- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1763
1764 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1765 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1766 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1767
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001768- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1769
1770 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1771 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1772 bmp command.
1773
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001774- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001775 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1776
1777 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1778 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1779
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001780- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001781 CONFIG_GZIP
1782
1783 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1784
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001785 CONFIG_BZIP2
1786
1787 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1788 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1789 compressed images are supported.
1790
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001791 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001792 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001793 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001794
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001795 CONFIG_LZMA
1796
1797 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1798 images is included.
1799
1800 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1801 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1802 formula:
1803
1804 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1805
1806 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1807 and Literal pos bits.
1808
1809 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1810 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1811 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1812 a very small buffer.
1813
1814 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1815 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001816 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001817
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001818 CONFIG_LZO
1819
1820 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1821 is included.
1822
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001823- MII/PHY support:
1824 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1825
1826 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1827
1828 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1829
1830 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1831
1832 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1833
1834 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001835 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001836
1837 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1838
1839 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1840 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1841 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1842 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1843
1844 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1845
1846 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1847 command issued before MII status register can be read
1848
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001849- IP address:
1850 CONFIG_IPADDR
1851
1852 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001853 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001855 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001856
1857- Server IP address:
1858 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1859
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001860 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001862 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001864 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1865
1866 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1867 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1868
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001869- Gateway IP address:
1870 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1871
1872 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1873 default router where packets to other networks are
1874 sent to.
1875 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1876
1877- Subnet mask:
1878 CONFIG_NETMASK
1879
1880 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1881 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1882 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1883 forwarded through a router.
1884 (Environment variable "netmask")
1885
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001886- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1887 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1888
1889 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1890 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001891 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001892 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1893 multicast group.
1894
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001895- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1896 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1897
1898 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1899 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1900 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1901 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1902 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1903 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1905 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001906 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
1908 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1909 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1910 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1911 4th and following
1912 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1913
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001914 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1915
1916 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1917 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1918 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1919 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1920 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1921 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1922 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1923 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1924 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1925 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1926 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1927 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1928 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1929 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1930 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1931
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001932- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001933 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001935
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001936 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1940 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1942 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1943 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1944 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1945 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001948 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001949
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001950 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1951 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001952
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001953 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1954 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1955 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1956 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1957 is not available.
1958
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001959 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1960 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1961 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1962 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1963 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1964 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1965 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001966 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001967
1968 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1969 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1970 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001971 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001972 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1973 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001974
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001975 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1976
1977 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1978 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1979 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1980 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1981 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1982 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1983 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1984 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1985 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1986 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1987 this delay.
1988
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001989 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1990 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1991 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1992 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1993 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1994
1995 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1996
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001997 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001998 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001999
2000 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2001
2002 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2003
2004 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2005 of the device.
2006
2007 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2008
2009 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2010 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002011 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002012
2013 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2014
2015 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2016 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2017
2018 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2019
2020 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2021
2022 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2023
2024 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2025
2026 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2027
2028 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2029
2030 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2031
2032 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2033 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2034
2035 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2036
2037 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2038
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002039- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040
2041 Several configurations allow to display the current
2042 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2043 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2044 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2045 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2046 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002047 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002048 feature in U-Boot.
2049
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002050 Additional options:
2051
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002052 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002053 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2054 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002055 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002056 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2057
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002058 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2059 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2060 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2061 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2062 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2063 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2064
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2066
2067 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2068 on those systems that support this (optional)
2069 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2070
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002071- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002073 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2074 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2075 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2076 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2077 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2078 interface.
2079
2080 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002081 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2082 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2083 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2084 for defining speed and slave address
2085 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2086 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2087 for defining speed and slave address
2088 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2089 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2090 for defining speed and slave address
2091 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2092 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2093 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002094
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002095 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2096 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2097 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2098 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2099 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2100 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002101 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002102 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2103 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2104 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2105 second bus.
2106
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002107 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002108 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2109 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2110 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002111
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002112 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2113 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2116
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002117 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2118 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002119 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2120 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2121 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2122 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002123 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2124 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2125 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2126 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2127 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2128 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002129 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2130 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002131 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002132 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2133
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002134 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2135 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2136 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2137
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2146 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2147
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002148 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2150 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2151
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002163
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002164 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2165 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2175 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2176
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002177 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2178 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2179 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2180 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2181
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302182 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2183 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2184 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2185 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2186 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2187
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002188 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2189 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2190 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2191 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2192 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2195 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2196 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2197 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2198 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2199 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2200 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2201 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002202 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2205 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2206 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2207 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2208 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2209 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2210 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002211
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002212 additional defines:
2213
2214 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002215 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002216
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2218 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2219 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2220 omit this define.
2221
2222 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2223 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2224 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2225 define.
2226
2227 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002228 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002229 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2230 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2231 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2232
2233 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2234 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2235 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2236 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2237 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2238 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2239 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2240 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2241 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2242 }
2243
2244 which defines
2245 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002246 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2247 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2248 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2249 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2250 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002251 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002252 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2253 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002254
2255 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2256
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002257- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002258
2259 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2260 provides the following compelling advantages:
2261
2262 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2263 - approved multibus support
2264 - better i2c mux support
2265
2266 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2267
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002268 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2269 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2270 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002272 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002273 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002274 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2275 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002278 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002280 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002281 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002283 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002284 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002285 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002286 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002287
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002288 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002289 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002290 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2291 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2292 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002294 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2295
2296 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2297 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2298 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2299 commands until the slave device responds.
2300
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002301 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002302
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002303 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002304 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2305 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306
2307 I2C_INIT
2308
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002309 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002310 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002312 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314 I2C_PORT
2315
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002316 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2317 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2318 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319
2320 I2C_ACTIVE
2321
2322 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2323 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2324 define can be null.
2325
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002326 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002328 I2C_TRISTATE
2329
2330 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2331 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2332 define can be null.
2333
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002334 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2335
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336 I2C_READ
2337
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002338 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2339 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002340
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002341 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343 I2C_SDA(bit)
2344
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002345 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2346 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002348 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002349 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002350 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002351
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352 I2C_SCL(bit)
2353
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002354 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2355 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002356
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002357 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002358 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002359 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002361 I2C_DELAY
2362
2363 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2364 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002365 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002366 like:
2367
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002368 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002370 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2371
2372 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2373 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2374 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2375 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2376
2377 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2378 the generic GPIO functions.
2379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002380 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002381
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002382 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2383 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2384 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2385 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2386 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2387 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2388 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2389 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002390
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002391 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2392
2393 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2394 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2395 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2396 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2397 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2398 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2399 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2400 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2401
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002402 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2403
2404 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2405 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2406 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2407
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002408 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2409
2410 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002411 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2412 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002413 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002415 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002416
2417 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002418 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002419 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2420 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002421
2422 e.g.
2423 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002424 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002425
2426 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2427
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002428 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002429 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002430
2431 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002433 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002434
2435 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2436 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002438 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002439
2440 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2441 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002443 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002444
2445 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2446 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002448 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002449
2450 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2451 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2452 specified DTT device.
2453
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002454 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2455
2456 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2457 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2458 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2459 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2460 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2461 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2462 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002463
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002464- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2465
2466 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2467 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2468 D/As on the SACSng board)
2469
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002470 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2471
2472 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2473 only SH7757 is supported.
2474
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2476
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002477 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2478 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2479 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2480 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2481 defined, the board configuration must define several
2482 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2483 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002485 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2486
2487 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2488 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2489 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002490 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002491 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2492
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002493 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2494
2495 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002496 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002497
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002498 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2499 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2500 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2501
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002502- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2503
2504 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2505
2506 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2507
2508 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2509 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2510
2511 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2512
2513 Enables support for FPGA family.
2514 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2515
2516 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002518 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302520 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2521
2522 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2523
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002524 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2525
2526 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2527
2528 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2529
2530 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2531 (Xilinx only)
2532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002533 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002535 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002539 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2540 status by the configuration function. This option
2541 will require a board or device specific function to
2542 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
2544 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2545
2546 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2547 configuration driver.
2548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002549 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002552 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002554 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2555 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2556 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2557 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002559 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002561 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2562 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002564 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002566 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002568 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002569 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002571 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002573 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002574 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575
2576- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002577 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2578
2579 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2580 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2581 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2582 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002583 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002584
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2586
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002587 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2588 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
2590- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2591
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002592 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2593 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002594 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002595 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2596 protects these variables from casual modification by
2597 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2598 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002599 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600
2601 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2602 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002603 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604 these parameters.
2605
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002606 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2607 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2610 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2611 read-only.]
2612
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002613 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2614 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2615 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2616 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618- Protected RAM:
2619 CONFIG_PRAM
2620
2621 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2622 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2623 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2624 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2625 this default value by defining an environment
2626 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2627 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2628 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2629 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2630 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2631 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2632 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2633
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002634 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635 saveenv
2636
2637 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2638 either, which results in a memory region that will
2639 not be affected by reboots.
2640
2641 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2642 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2643 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2644 following board configurations are known to be
2645 "pRAM-clean":
2646
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002647 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2648 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002649 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002651- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2652 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2653 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2654 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2655 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2656 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2657 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2658
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002659- Error Recovery:
2660 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2661
2662 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2663 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2664 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002665 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2667 useful during development since you can try to debug
2668 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2669
2670 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2671
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002672 This variable defines the number of retries for
2673 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2674 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2675 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002677 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2678
2679 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2680
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002681 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2682
2683 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2684 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2685 try longer timeout such as
2686 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002689 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002690
2691 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002693 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
2695 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2696 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2697 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2698
2699 Note:
2700
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002701 In the current implementation, the local variables
2702 space and global environment variables space are
2703 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2704 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2705 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2706 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2707 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002709 Global environment variables are those you use
2710 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2711 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2712 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713
2714 To store commands and special characters in a
2715 variable, please use double quotation marks
2716 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2717 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2718 symbols.
2719
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002720- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002721 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2722
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002723 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002724 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002725
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002726- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2727 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2728
2729 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2730 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2731 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2732 and PS2.
2733
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002734- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2736
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002737 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2738 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002739 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002740
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002741 For example, place something like this in your
2742 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743
2744 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2745 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2746 "myvar2=value2\0"
2747
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002748 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2749 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2750 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2751 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002752 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753 You better know what you are doing here.
2754
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002755 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2756 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002757 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002758 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002760 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2761
2762 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2763 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2764 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2765
2766 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2767
2768 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2769 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2770 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2771 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2772 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2773
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002774 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2775
2776 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2777 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2778 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2779
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002780 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2781
2782 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002783 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002784 that so that the environment is not available until
2785 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2786 this is instead controlled by the value of
2787 /config/load-environment.
2788
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002789- Parallel Flash support:
2790 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2791
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -08002792 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002793 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2794 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2795 parallel flash.
2796
2797 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2798 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2799 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2800 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2801
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002802- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002803 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2804
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002805 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2806 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2807 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002808
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002809- Serial Flash support
2810 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2811
2812 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2813 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2814
2815 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2816 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2817 commands.
2818
2819 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2820 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2821 flash is present on the system.
2822
2823 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2824 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2825 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2826 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2827
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002828 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2829
2830 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2831 test ('sf test').
2832
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302833 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2834
2835 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2836 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002837 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302838
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002839- SystemACE Support:
2840 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2841
2842 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2843 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002844 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002845 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002846
2847 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002848 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002849
2850 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2851 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2852
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002853- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2854 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2855
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002856 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002857 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002858 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002859 number generator is used.
2860
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002861 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2862 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2863 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2864
2865 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002866 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2867 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2868 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2869 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2870 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2871 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2872
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002873- Hashing support:
2874 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2875
2876 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2877 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2878
2879 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2880
2881 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2882 size a little.
2883
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05302884 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
2885 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2886 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
2887 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2888 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
2889 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
2890 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
2891 hash_lookup_algo() function.
2892 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
2893 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
2894 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
2895 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002896
2897 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2898 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2899
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002900- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2901 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2902 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2903 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2904
2905 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2906 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2907 a boot from specific media.
2908
2909 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2910 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2911 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2912 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2913 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2914
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002915- bootcount support:
2916 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2917
2918 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2919 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2920
2921 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2922 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2923 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2924 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2925 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2926 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2927 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2928 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2929 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2930 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2931 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2932 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2933 the bootcounter.
2934 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002935
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002936- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002937 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2938
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002939 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2940 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2941 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2942 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2943 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2944 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002945
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002946
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002947Legacy uImage format:
2948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949 Arg Where When
2950 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002951 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002953 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002954 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002955 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2957 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2958 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002959 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2961 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2962 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2963 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002964 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002965 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002966
2967 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2968 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2969 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2970 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2971 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2972 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2973 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002974 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002975 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2976 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2977
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002978 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002980 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002981 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2982 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002983
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002984 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2985 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2986 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2987 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2988 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2989 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2990 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2991 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2992 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2993 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2994 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2995 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2996 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2997 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2998 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2999 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3000 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3001 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3002 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3003 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3004 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3005 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3006 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3007 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3008 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3009 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3010 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3011 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3012 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3013 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3014 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3015 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3016 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3017 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3018 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3019 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3020 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3021 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3022 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3023 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3024 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3025 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3026 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3027 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3028 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3029 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3030 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003031
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003032 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003033
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003035 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3036 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003037
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003038 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003039 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3040 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3041 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003042 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3043 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003044 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3045 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003046 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003048FIT uImage format:
3049
3050 Arg Where When
3051 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3052 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3053 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3054 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3055 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3056 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003057 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003058 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3059 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3060 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3061 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3062 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003063 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3064 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003065 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3066 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3067 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3068 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3069 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3070 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3071 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3072 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3073
3074 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3075 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3076 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003077 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003078 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3079 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3080 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3081 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3082 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3083 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3084 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3085 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3086 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3087 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3088 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3089 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3090
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003091 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003092 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3093
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003094 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003095 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3096
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003097 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003098 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3099
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003100- legacy image format:
3101 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3102 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3103
3104 Default:
3105 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3106
3107 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3108 disable the legacy image format
3109
3110 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3111 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3112
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003113- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003114 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3115 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3116 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3117 with this option.
3118
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003119 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3120 and move it to Kconfig
3121
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003122- Standalone program support:
3123 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3124
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003125 This option defines a board specific value for the
3126 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3127 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003128 settings.
3129
3130- Frame Buffer Address:
3131 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3132
3133 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003134 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3135 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3136 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3137 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3138 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3139 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3140 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003141
3142 Please see board_init_f function.
3143
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003144- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3145 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3146 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3147 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3148
3149 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3150 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3151
3152- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3153 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3154
3155 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3156 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3157
3158 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3159
3160 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3161 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3162
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003163- UBI support
3164 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3165
3166 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3167 with the UBI flash translation layer
3168
3169 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3170
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003171 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3172
3173 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3174 warnings and errors enabled.
3175
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003176
3177 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3178 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3179 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3180 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3181 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3182 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3183
3184 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3185 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3186 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3187 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3188 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3189
3190 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003191
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003192 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3193 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3194 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3195 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3196 flash), this value is ignored.
3197
3198 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3199 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3200 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3201 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3202 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3203 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3204
3205 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3206 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3207 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3208 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3209 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3210 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3211 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3212 partition.
3213
3214 default: 20
3215
3216 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3217 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3218 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3219 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3220 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3221 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3222 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3223 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3224 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3225 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3226 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3227 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3228
3229 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3230 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3231 without a fastmap.
3232 default: 0
3233
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003234 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3235 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3236 default: 0
3237
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003238- UBIFS support
3239 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3240
3241 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3242 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3243
3244 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3245
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003246 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3247
3248 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3249 warnings and errors enabled.
3250
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003251- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003252 CONFIG_SPL
3253 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003254
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003255 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3256 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3257
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003258 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3259 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3260 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3261 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003262 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003263 must not be both defined at the same time.
3264
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003265 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003266 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3267 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3268 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3269 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003270
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003271 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3272 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003273
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003274 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3275 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3276 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3277
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003278 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3279 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3280
3281 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003282 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3283 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3284 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003285 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003286 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003287
3288 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3289 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3290
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003291 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3292 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3293 loaded does not have a signature.
3294 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3295 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3296 will be caught.
3297 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3298 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3299 and thus should be skipped silently.
3300
Marek Vasute0727512016-04-29 00:44:55 +02003301 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3302 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3303 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3304
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003305 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3306 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3307 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3308 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3309
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003310 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3311 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003312 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3313 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3314 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003315
3316 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3317 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003318
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003319 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3320 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3321 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3322 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3323
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003324 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3325 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3326 See also: doc/README.falcon
3327
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003328 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3329 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3330 about the running system.
3331
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003332 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3333 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3334
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003335 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3336 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3337 used in raw mode
3338
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003339 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3340 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3341 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3342
3343 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3344 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3345 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3346 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3347 (for falcon mode)
3348
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003349 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3350 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3351 used in fs mode
3352
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003353 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3354 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3355
3356 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003357 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003358 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003359
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003360 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003361 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003362 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003363
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003364 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3365 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3366 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3367 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3368 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3369
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303370 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3371 Avoid SPL relocation
3372
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003373 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3374 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3375 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3376
3377 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3378 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3379
3380 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3381 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3382
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003383 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003384 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3385 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003386
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003387 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3388 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3389 loader
3390
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003391 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3392 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3393 if you need to save space.
3394
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003395 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3396 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3397 SPL binary.
3398
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003399 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3400 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3401 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3402 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3403 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3404 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003405 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003406
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303407 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3408 Add support NAND boot
3409
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003410 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003411 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3412
3413 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3414 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3415
3416 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3417 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003418
3419 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003420 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003421
3422 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3423 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003424 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003425
3426 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3427 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3428 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3429
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003430 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3431 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3432
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003433 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003434 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3435 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3436 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3437 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3438 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003439
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003440 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3441 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3442 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3443 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3444
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003445 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3446 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3447 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3448 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3449 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3450
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003451- TPL framework
3452 CONFIG_TPL
3453 Enable building of TPL globally.
3454
3455 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3456 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3457 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3459 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3460 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003461
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003462- Interrupt support (PPC):
3463
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003464 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3465 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003466 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003467 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003468 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003469 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003470 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003471 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3472 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3473 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003474
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003475
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003476Board initialization settings:
3477------------------------------
3478
3479During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3480to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3481before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3482following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3483architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3484typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3485
3486- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3487- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3488- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3489- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491Configuration Settings:
3492-----------------------
3493
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003494- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3495 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3499
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003500- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3501 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003503- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504 prompt for user input.
3505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003506- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003508- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003512- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3514 booted
3515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003516- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003519- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003520 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3521 simple memory test.
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003524 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003527 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3528 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3529
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003530- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003531 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003532 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3533 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3534 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003535 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003536 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3537 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3538
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003539- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003540 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003541 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003542 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003543 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3544 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3545 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003546 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003547 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003548 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003549
3550 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3551 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3552 be touched.
3553
3554 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3555 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3556 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3557 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3558 problems.
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003566- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003569- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3571 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003572 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003573 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003575- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003576 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3577 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3578 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3579 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003581- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3583
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003584- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3585 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3586 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3587 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3588 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3589 space.
3590
3591 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3592 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3593 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003594 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003595 U-Boot relocates itself.
3596
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003597- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3598 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3599 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3600 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3601
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003602- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3603 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3604 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3605 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3606 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3607 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3608 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3609 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3610 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3611 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3612 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3613 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3614 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3615 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3616 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3617 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3618
3619 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003621- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003622 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3623 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003625 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003628 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3629 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003630 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3631 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003632 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003633 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003634 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003635 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3636 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3637 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003638
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003639- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3640 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3641 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3642 is enabled.
3643
3644- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3645 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3646 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3647
3648- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3649 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3650 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003652- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653 Max number of Flash memory banks
3654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003655- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003658- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003665 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003667- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003668 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003671 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3672 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003674- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
3676 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3677 without this option such a download has to be
3678 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3679 copy from RAM to flash.
3680
3681 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3682 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003683 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3684 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003688 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003689 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003691- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003692 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3693 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003695- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3696 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3697 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3698 to the MTD layer.
3699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003701 Use buffered writes to flash.
3702
3703- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3704 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3705 write commands.
3706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003707- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003708 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3709 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3710 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3711 optionally available.
3712
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003713- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3714 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3715 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3716 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3717
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003718- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3719 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3720 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3721 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3722 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3723 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3724 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3725 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003727- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003728 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3729 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003730 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3731 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003732 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003733 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3734
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003735- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3736
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003737 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3738 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3739 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3740 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3741 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003742
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003743- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3744- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003745 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003746 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3747 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3748 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3749
3750 The format of the list is:
3751 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003752 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3753 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003754 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3755 list = entry[,list]
3756
3757 The type attributes are:
3758 s - String (default)
3759 d - Decimal
3760 x - Hexadecimal
3761 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3762 i - IP address
3763 m - MAC address
3764
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003765 The access attributes are:
3766 a - Any (default)
3767 r - Read-only
3768 o - Write-once
3769 c - Change-default
3770
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003771 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3772 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003773 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003774
3775 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3776 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3777 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3778 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3779 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3780 ".flags" variable.
3781
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003782 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3783 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3784 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3785
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003786- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3787 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3788 access flags.
3789
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003790- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3791 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3792 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003793 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003794
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003795- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3796 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3797 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3798 building U-Boot to enable this.
3799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3801of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3802following configurations:
3803
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003804- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3805
3806 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3807 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003809- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
3811 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3812
3813 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3814 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3815 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3816 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3817 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3818 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3819 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3820 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3821 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3822 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3823 between U-Boot and the environment.
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003825 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
3827 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3828 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3829 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3830 for this sector is given here.
3831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003832 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003834 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
3836 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3837 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003838 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003840 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
3842 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3843
3844
3845 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3846 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3847 the environment.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003849 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003851 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003852 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3854 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3855
3856 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3857 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3858 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3859 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3860 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3861 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3862 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3863 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3864 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003866 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3867 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003869 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003870 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003871 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003872 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
3874BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3875source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3876accordingly!
3877
3878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003879- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
3881 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3882 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3883 environment.
3884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003885 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3886 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003888 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3890 can just be read and written to, without any special
3891 provision.
3892
3893BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003894in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003895console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896U-Boot will hang.
3897
3898Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3899environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3900keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3901to save the current settings.
3902
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003904- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
3906 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3907 device and a driver for it.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3910 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
3912 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3913 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3917 The default address is zero.
3918
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003919 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3920 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3924 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3925 would require six bits.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003929 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3933 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003935 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003936 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3937 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3938 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3939 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3940 byte chips.
3941
3942 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3943 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3944 in the chip address.
3945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3948
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003949 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3950 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3951 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3952
3953 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3954 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3955 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3956 EEPROM. For example:
3957
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003958 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003959
3960 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3961 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003963- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003964
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003965 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003966 want to use for the environment.
3967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003968 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3969 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3970 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003971
3972 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3973 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3974 at the specified address.
3975
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003976- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3977
3978 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3979 want to use for the environment.
3980
3981 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3982 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3983
3984 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3985 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3986 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3987
3988 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3989
3990 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3991
3992 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3993
3994 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3995 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3996 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003997 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003998 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3999
4000 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4001 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4002
4003 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4004
4005 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4006
4007 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4008
4009 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4010
4011 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4012
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004013- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4014
4015 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4016 want to use for the local device's environment.
4017
4018 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4020
4021 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4022 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4023 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004024 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004025
4026BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4027"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004028environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4029but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004031- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004032
4033 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4034 for the environment.
4035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004036 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4037 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004038
4039 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004040 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4041 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004042
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004043 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004045 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004046 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4047 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06004048 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004049 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004050
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004051 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4052
4053 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4054 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4055 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4056 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4057 the range to be avoided.
4058
4059 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4060
4061 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4062 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4063 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4064 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4065 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004066
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004067- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4068
4069 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4070 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4071 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4072
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004073- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4074
4075 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4076 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4077 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4078
4079 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4080
4081 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4082
4083 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4084
4085 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4086 environment in.
4087
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004088 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4089
4090 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4091 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4092 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4093
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004094 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4095 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4096
4097 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4098 when storing the env in UBI.
4099
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004100- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4101 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4102
4103 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4104
4105 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4106
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02004107 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004108
4109 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4110 be as following:
4111
4112 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4113 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4114 partition table.
4115 - "D:0": device D.
4116 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4117 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4118 table.
4119 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004120 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004121 partition table then means device D.
4122
4123 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4124
4125 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004126 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004127
4128 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004129 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004130
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004131- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4132
4133 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4134 environment.
4135
4136 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4137
4138 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4139
4140 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4141
4142 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4143 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4144 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4145
4146 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4147 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4148
4149 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4150 area within the specified MMC device.
4151
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004152 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4153 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4154 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4155 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4156 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4157 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4158 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4159
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004160 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4161 MMC sector boundary.
4162
4163 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4164
4165 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4166 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4167 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4168 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4169
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004170 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4171 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4172
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004173 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4174 an MMC sector boundary.
4175
4176 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4177
4178 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4179 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4180 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004182- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
4184 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4185 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4186 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4187 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4188 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4189 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4190 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4191
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004192Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004194created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195until then to read environment variables.
4196
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004197The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4198is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4199with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4200necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4201"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4202have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
4204Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4205the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004206use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004208- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004209 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004211 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004212 also needs to be defined.
4213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004214- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004215 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004217- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4218 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4219 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4220 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4221 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4222 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4223
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004224- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4225 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4226 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4227 to do this.
4228
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004229- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4230 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4231 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4232 present.
4233
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004234- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4235 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4236 build system checks that the actual size does not
4237 exceed it.
4238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004240---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004242- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004247
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004248 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4249 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4250 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004252- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4253 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4254 PowerPC SOCs.
4255
4256- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4257 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4258 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4259
4260 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4261 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4262
4263- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4264 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4265 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004266 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004267 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4268 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4269 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4270
4271 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4272 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4273
4274- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004275 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4276 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004277 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4278 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4279
4280- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4281 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4282 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4283 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4284
4285- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4286 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4287 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004289- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004290 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004291
4292 the default drive number (default value 0)
4293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004294 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004295
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004296 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004297 (default value 1)
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004300
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004301 defines the offset of register from address. It
4302 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004303 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004305 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4306 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004307 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004309 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004310 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4311 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004312 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004313 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004314
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004315- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4316 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4317 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4318 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4319 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4320 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004321 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004323- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004324 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004325 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004327- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004329 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4331 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4332 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4333 will become available only after programming the
4334 memory controller and running certain initialization
4335 sequences.
4336
4337 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4338 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4339 - MPC824X: data cache
4340 - PPC4xx: data cache
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
4344 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004345 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4346 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004348 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004349 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4351 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
4353 Note:
4354 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4355 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004356 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4358 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004360- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004362- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004364- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004366- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004368- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004370- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004372- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373 SDRAM timing
4374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004375- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376 periodic timer for refresh
4377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004378- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004380- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4381 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4382 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4383 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4385
4386- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004387 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4388 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004391- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4392 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4394 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004396- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4398 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004400- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004401 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4402 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004404- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004405 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4406 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004408- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004409 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4410 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4411 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4412 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004414- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4415 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4416 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4417 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4418 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4419 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4420 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4421 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004422 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004423
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004424- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4425 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4426 required.
4427
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004428- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004429 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004430 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4431 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4432 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4433 by coreboot or similar.
4434
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004435- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4436 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4437
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004438- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4439 Chip has SRIO or not
4440
4441- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4442 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4443
4444- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4445 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4446
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004447- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4448 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4449
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004450- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4451 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4452
4453- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4454 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4455
4456- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4457 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4458
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004459- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4460 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4461 a 16 bit bus.
4462 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004463 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004464 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004465 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004466
4467- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4468 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4469 a default value will be used.
4470
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004471- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004472 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4473 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4474
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004475 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4476 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004478- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004479 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4480 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4481 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004482
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004483- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4484 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4485 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4486 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4487 header files or board specific files.
4488
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004489- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4490 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4491
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004492- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4493 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4494
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004495- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4496 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004498- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004499 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4500 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004501
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004502- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4503 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4504
4505- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4506 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004507 to the given FEC; i. e.
4508 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004509 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4510
4511 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4512
4513- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4514 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4515 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4516
4517- CONFIG_RMII
4518 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4519 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4520 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4521
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004522- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4523 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4524 The syntax is:
4525
4526 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4527
4528 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4529 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4530 area should have.
4531
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004532- CONFIG_LOOPW
4533 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004534 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004535
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004536- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4537 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4538 "md/mw" commands.
4539 Examples:
4540
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004541 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004542 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4543
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004544 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004545 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4546
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004547 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004548 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004549
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004550- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004551 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004552 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4553 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4554 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004555
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004556 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4557 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4558 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4559 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004560
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004561- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4562 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004563 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004564 instruction cache) is still performed.
4565
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004566- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004567 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4568 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4569 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004570
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004571- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4572 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4573 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4574 It is loaded by the SPL.
4575
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004576- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4577 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4578 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4579 previous 4k of the .text section.
4580
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004581- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4582 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4583 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4584 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4585 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4586 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4587 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4588 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4589
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004590- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4591 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4592 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004593
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004594- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4595 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4596
4597 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004598
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004599- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4600 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4601
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004602- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4603 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4604 driver that uses this:
4605 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4606
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004607Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4608-----------------------------------
4609
4610The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4611loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4612This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4613are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4614within that device.
4615
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004616- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4617 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4618 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4619 is also specified.
4620
4621- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4622 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004623 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4624 is also specified.
4625
4626- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4627 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4628 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4629 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4630 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4631
4632- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4633 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4634 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4635 virtual address in NOR flash.
4636
4637- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4638 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4639 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4640
4641- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4642 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4643 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4644
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004645- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4646 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4647 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004648 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4649 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4650 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004651
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004652Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4653---------------------------------------------------------
4654The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4655"firmware".
4656This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4657are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4658within that device.
4659
4660- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4661 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4662
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304663Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4664-------------------------------------------
4665The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4666"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4667This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4668
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004669- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4670 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304671
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004672Reproducible builds
4673-------------------
4674
4675In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4676process have to be set to a fixed value.
4677
4678This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4679SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4680option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4681
4682SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684Building the Software:
4685======================
4686
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004687Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4688and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4689all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4690(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4691recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4692which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004694If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4695have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4696you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4697Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4698necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004700 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4701 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004703Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4704 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4705 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4706 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4707
4708 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4709
4710 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4711 be executed on computers running Windows.
4712
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004713U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4714sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715is done by typing:
4716
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004717 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004719where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004720rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4723 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4724 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4725 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004726 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004728 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004731 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4738images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4741- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4742- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004744By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4745in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4746this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4747
47481. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4749
4750 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004751 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004752 make O=/tmp/build all
4753
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020047542. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004755
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004756 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004757 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004758 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004759 make all
4760
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004761Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004762variable.
4763
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4766for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4767native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004770If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4771to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4772steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010047741. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004776 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
47772. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4778 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047793. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4780 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020047814. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047825. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4783 to be installed on your target system.
47846. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4785 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4789==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004791If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4792or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4794the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004795official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004797But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4798cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004800just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4801configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4802will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4803for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004804
4805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809Monitor Commands - Overview:
4810============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812go - start application at address 'addr'
4813run - run commands in an environment variable
4814bootm - boot application image from memory
4815bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004816bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4818 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4819 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004820tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4822diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4823loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4824loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4825md - memory display
4826mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4827nm - memory modify (constant address)
4828mw - memory write (fill)
4829cp - memory copy
4830cmp - memory compare
4831crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004832i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833sspi - SPI utility commands
4834base - print or set address offset
4835printenv- print environment variables
4836setenv - set environment variables
4837saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4838protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4839erase - erase FLASH memory
4840flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004841nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4843iminfo - print header information for application image
4844coninfo - print console devices and informations
4845ide - IDE sub-system
4846loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004847loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848mtest - simple RAM test
4849icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4850dcache - enable or disable data cache
4851reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4852echo - echo args to console
4853version - print monitor version
4854help - print online help
4855? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4859========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
4865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866Environment Variables:
4867======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4870can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4873"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4874without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4875environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4876working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4877environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004879Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4880
4881List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004885 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004892
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004893 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4894 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4895 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4896 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4897 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4898 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004899 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4900 bootm_mapsize.
4901
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004902 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004903 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4904 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4905 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4906 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4907 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4908 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004909
4910 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4911 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4912 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4913 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4914 environment variable.
4915
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004916 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4917 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4918 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4921 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4922 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4923 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4926 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4927 be automatically started (by internally calling
4928 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4931 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4932 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4933 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4934 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004936 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4937 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004938 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4939 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4940 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4941 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4942 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4943 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4944 access it during the boot procedure.
4945
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004946 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4947 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4948 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4949 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4950 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4951 must be accessible by the kernel.
4952
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004953 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4954 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4955 defined.
4956
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004957 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4958 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4959 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4960 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4961 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4964 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4965 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4966 is usually what you want since it allows for
4967 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4968 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004969 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4971 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4972 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4973 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4976 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4977 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4978 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4979 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4980 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4985 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4986 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4987 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4988 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4989 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4990 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4995 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005007 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005009 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5010 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005012 => setenv ethact FEC
5013 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5014 => setenv ethact SCC
5015 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005017 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5018 available network interfaces.
5019 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5020
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005021 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5023 When set to "once" the network operation will
5024 fail when all the available network interfaces
5025 are tried once without success.
5026 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5027 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005029 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005030
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005031 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005032 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5033 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5034 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5035 is silent.
5036
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005037 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005038 UDP source port.
5039
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005040 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005041 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5042
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005043 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5044 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5045
5046 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5047 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5048 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5049 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5050 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5051 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5052 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5053
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005054 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5055 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5056 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5057 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5058 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5059 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5060 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5061
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005062 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005063 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005065
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005066 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5067 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5068 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5069 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5070 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5071
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005072The following image location variables contain the location of images
5073used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5074not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5075variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5076server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5077loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5078flash or offset in NAND flash.
5079
5080*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005081boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005082boards use these variables for other purposes.
5083
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005084Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5085----- --------- ----------- --------------
5086u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5087Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5088device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5089ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5092updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5093depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095 bootfile - see above
5096 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5097 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5098 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5099 hostname - Target hostname
5100 ipaddr - see above
5101 netmask - Subnet Mask
5102 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5103 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005104
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5109 as type string and/or serial number
5110 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5113the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5114once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
5116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5120 with the "version" command. This variable is
5121 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5125only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005127
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005128Callback functions for environment variables:
5129---------------------------------------------
5130
5131For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005132when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005133be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5134deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5135effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5136
5137The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5138U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5139
5140These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5141static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5142in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5143associations. The list must be in the following format:
5144
5145 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5146 list = entry[,list]
5147
5148If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5149Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5150
5151Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5152with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5153override any association in the static list. You can define
5154CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005155".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005156
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005157If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5158regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5159the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5160
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162Command Line Parsing:
5163=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5166the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168Old, simple command line parser:
5169--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5172- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005173- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5175 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005176 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5178 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180Hush shell:
5181-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5184 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5185 until...do...done, ...
5186- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5187 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5188 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5189 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191General rules:
5192--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5195 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5196 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5197 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005200 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5202 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5205=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005206
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005207Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5209"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5212MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5213"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5216in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5217ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5218variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005220o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5221 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5224 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5225 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5228 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5231 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5232 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005235 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5236 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005238If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005239will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005240may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5241The naming convention is as follows:
5242"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005244Image Formats:
5245==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005247U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5248images in two formats:
5249
5250New uImage format (FIT)
5251-----------------------
5252
5253Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5254to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5255components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5256SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5257
5258
5259Old uImage format
5260-----------------
5261
5262Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5263preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5264details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5267 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005268 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5269 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5270 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005271* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005272 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5273 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5275* Load Address
5276* Entry Point
5277* Image Name
5278* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5281and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5282CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285Linux Support:
5286==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5289easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5290U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5293special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5294"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5295instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5296serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5299 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5300 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5303 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5306 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5307 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5308 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5309 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5310 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313Linux HOWTO:
5314============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5317---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5320configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5321(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5322Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005324But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5327include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005328Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5329and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005330as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005332Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5333If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5334is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5335doc/driver-model.
5336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338Configuring the Linux kernel:
5339-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5342device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345Building a Linux Image:
5346-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5349not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5350"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5351U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5352which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5353100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005357 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 make oldconfig
5359 make dep
5360 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5363encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5364CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5371 -R .note -R .comment \
5372 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005376 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5381 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5382 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005383
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5386with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5387combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5388byte header containing information about target architecture,
5389operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5390stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5393print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5396contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5397checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 tools/mkimage -l image
5400 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5403from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5406 -n name -d data_file image
5407 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5408 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5409 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5410 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5411 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5412 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5413 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5414 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005415
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005416Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5417address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5418kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5421- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5426 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005427 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5429 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5430 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5431 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5432 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5433 Load Address: 0x00000000
5434 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5439 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5440 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5441 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5442 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5443 Load Address: 0x00000000
5444 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5447speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5448needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5449need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005451 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5453 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005454 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5456 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5457 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5458 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5459 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5460 Load Address: 0x00000000
5461 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5465when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5468 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5469 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5470 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5471 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5472 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5473 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5474 Load Address: 0x00000000
5475 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005476
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005477The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5478option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5479option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5480from the image:
5481
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005482 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5483 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5484 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5485 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005486
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488Installing a Linux Image:
5489-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5492you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005494 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5497image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5498address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5499specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5500command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5503TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507 .......... done
5508 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 => loads 40100000
5511 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5512 ~>examples/image.srec
5513 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5514 ...
5515 15989 15990 15991 15992
5516 [file transfer complete]
5517 [connected]
5518 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
5520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005522this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5528 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5529 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5530 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5531 Load Address: 00000000
5532 Entry Point: 0000000c
5533 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
5535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536Boot Linux:
5537-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5540memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5541of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5542parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5543"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
5545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546 => printenv bootargs
5547 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551 => printenv bootargs
5552 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554 => bootm 40020000
5555 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5556 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5557 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5558 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5559 Load Address: 00000000
5560 Entry Point: 0000000c
5561 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5562 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5563 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5564 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5565 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5566 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5567 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5568 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005570If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5572format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5577 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5578 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5579 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5580 Load Address: 00000000
5581 Entry Point: 0000000c
5582 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5585 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5586 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5587 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5588 Load Address: 00000000
5589 Entry Point: 00000000
5590 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5593 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5594 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5595 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5596 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5597 Load Address: 00000000
5598 Entry Point: 0000000c
5599 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5600 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5601 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5602 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5603 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5604 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5605 Load Address: 00000000
5606 Entry Point: 00000000
5607 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5608 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5609 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5610 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5611 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5612 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5613 ...
5614 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5615 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005619Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5620-----------
5621
5622First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5623titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5624following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5625flat device tree:
5626
5627=> print oftaddr
5628oftaddr=0x300000
5629=> print oft
5630oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5631=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5632Speed: 1000, full duplex
5633Using TSEC0 device
5634TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5635Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5636Load address: 0x300000
5637Loading: #
5638done
5639Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5640=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5641Speed: 1000, full duplex
5642Using TSEC0 device
5643TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5644Filename 'uImage'.
5645Load address: 0x200000
5646Loading:############
5647done
5648Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5649=> print loadaddr
5650loadaddr=200000
5651=> print oftaddr
5652oftaddr=0x300000
5653=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5654## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005655 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5656 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5657 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005658 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005659 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005660 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5661 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5662Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5663Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5664Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5665[snip]
5666
5667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668More About U-Boot Image Types:
5669------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005671U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5674 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5675 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5676 the Standalone Program.
5677 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5678 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5679 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5680 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5681 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5682 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5683 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5684 being started.
5685 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5686 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5687 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5688 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5689 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5690 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5693 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5694 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5695 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5696 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5697 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5700 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5701 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5704 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5705 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5706 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005707
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005708Booting the Linux zImage:
5709-------------------------
5710
5711On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5712using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5713as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5714
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005715Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005716kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5717address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5718format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5719
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721Standalone HOWTO:
5722=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5725run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5726U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730"Hello World" Demo:
5731-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5734application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5735It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5736like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738 => loads
5739 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5740 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5741 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5742 [file transfer complete]
5743 [connected]
5744 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5747 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5748 Hello World
5749 argc = 7
5750 argv[0] = "40004"
5751 argv[1] = "Hello"
5752 argv[2] = "World!"
5753 argv[3] = "This"
5754 argv[4] = "is"
5755 argv[5] = "a"
5756 argv[6] = "test."
5757 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5758 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5763handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5764Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5765The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5766character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5767controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5770 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5771 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5772 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 => loads
5775 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5776 ~>examples/timer.srec
5777 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5778 [file transfer complete]
5779 [connected]
5780 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782 => go 40004
5783 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5784 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5785 Using timer 1
5786 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788Hit 'b':
5789 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5790 Enabling timer
5791Hit '?':
5792 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5793 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5794Hit '?':
5795 [q, b, e, ?] .
5796 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5797Hit '?':
5798 [q, b, e, ?] .
5799 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5800Hit '?':
5801 [q, b, e, ?] .
5802 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5803Hit 'e':
5804 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5805Hit 'q':
5806 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
5808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809Minicom warning:
5810================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5813"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5814consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5815Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5816especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005817use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5818http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5819for help with kermit.
5820
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5823configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5826 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5827 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005828
5829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830NetBSD Notes:
5831=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5834(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5837NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5838need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5839Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5840attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5841missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005843 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5844 # mkdir powerpc
5845 # ln -s powerpc machine
5846 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5847 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5850and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5853stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5854proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5855tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005856meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
5858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859Implementation Internals:
5860=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5863implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5864inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5865hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
5867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868Initial Stack, Global Data:
5869---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5872starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5873system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5874This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5875is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5876at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5877options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5878models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5879MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5880locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005882 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005883 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5886 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5887 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5888 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5891 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5892 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5893 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5894 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005895 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005896 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5897 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5900 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005901 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5903 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5904 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5905 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005907 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005908 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5909 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005910 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5912 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5913 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5914 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5915 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917 -Chris Hallinan
5918 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5921code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5924 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005926* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5928 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5931 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005934normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5936simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5937functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5938functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5939the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5940place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5941reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5944relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5945GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005947For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5948 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005949 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5951 R5-R10: parameter passing
5952 R13: small data area pointer
5953 R30: GOT pointer
5954 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005955
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005956 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5957 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5958 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005960 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5963 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5964 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5965 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5966 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5967 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005969On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005970 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5971
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005972 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976 R0: function argument word/integer result
5977 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005978 R9: platform specific
5979 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5981 R12: temporary workspace
5982 R13: stack pointer
5983 R14: link register
5984 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005985
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005986 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5987
5988 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005990On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5991 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5992
5993 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5994
5995 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5996 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5997
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005998On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5999
6000 R0-R1: argument/return
6001 R2-R5: argument
6002 R15: temporary register for assembler
6003 R16: trampoline register
6004 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6005 R29: global pointer (GP)
6006 R30: link register (LP)
6007 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6008 PC: program counter (PC)
6009
6010 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6011
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006012NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6013or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006015Memory Management:
6016------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006018U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6019MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6022controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6023memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6024physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006026U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6027TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6028booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6029to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006030memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006031configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6032Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006034Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6035of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006037So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6038this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006040 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6041 :
6042 0x0000 1FFF
6043 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6044 :
6045 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047 :
6048 :
6049 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6050 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6051 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6052 :
6053 0x00FD FFFF
6054 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6055 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6056 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6057 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006058
6059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006060System Initialization:
6061----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006063In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006064(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006065configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6067To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6068initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6069which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6070part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6071the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6074preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6075(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6076on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6077programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6078simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6079banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006081When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6082different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6083bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60840x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6085contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6088and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6089Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6090pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006092Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6093until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6094running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6095new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006096
6097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006098U-Boot Porting Guide:
6099----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6102list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006103
6104
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006105int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106{
6107 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006109 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6110 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006113 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006114 return 0;
6115 }
6116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006117 Download latest U-Boot source;
6118
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006119 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006121 if (clueless)
6122 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006124 while (learning) {
6125 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006126 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6127 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006129 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006130 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006132 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6133 Buy a BDI3000;
6134 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006136
6137 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6138 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6139 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6140 } else {
6141 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6142 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006143 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006144 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6145 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006146
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006147 while (!accepted) {
6148 while (!running) {
6149 do {
6150 Add / modify source code;
6151 } until (compiles);
6152 Debug;
6153 if (clueless)
6154 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6155 }
6156 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6157 if (reasonable critiques)
6158 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6159 else
6160 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006161 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006163 return 0;
6164}
6165
6166void no_more_time (int sig)
6167{
6168 hire_a_guru();
6169}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006170
6171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006172Coding Standards:
6173-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006175All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006176coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006177"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006179Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6180MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006181reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006182sources.
6183
6184Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6185Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6186in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006187
6188Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6189- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006190- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006191- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006192- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006193- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6194
6195Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6196with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006197
6198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006199Submitting Patches:
6200-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6203establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6204may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006205
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006206Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006207
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006208Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6209see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006211When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6212it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006214* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6215 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6216 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006218* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6219 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006221* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6222
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006223* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6224 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006225
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006226* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6227 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006228
6229* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6230 document these in the README file.
6231
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006232* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6233 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006234 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006235 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6236 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006238 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6239 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6240 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006242 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6243 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6244 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6245 affected files).
6246
6247 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6248 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249
6250* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6251 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6252
6253* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6254 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6255
6256
6257Notes:
6258
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006259* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006260 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6261 for any of the boards.
6262
6263* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6264 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6265 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6266
6267* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6268 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6269 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6270 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6271 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6272 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006273
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006274* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6275 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6276 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6277 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.